Upgrade to 0.12

[github/fretlink/terraform-provider-statuscake.git] / vendor / github.com / aws / aws-sdk-go / service / s3 / api.go

// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.

package s3

import (
        "bytes"
        "fmt"
        "io"
        "sync"
        "sync/atomic"
        "time"

        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest"
        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml"
)

const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload"

// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opAbortMultipartUpload,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{}
        }

        output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Aborts a multipart upload.
//
// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for
// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the
// parts list is empty.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload"
//   The specified multipart upload does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload"

// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opCompleteMultipartUpload,
                HTTPMethod: "POST",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{}
        }

        output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opCopyObject = "CopyObject"

// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opCopyObject,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &CopyObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &CopyObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
//   The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is
//   only stored in Amazon Glacier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket"

// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opCreateBucket,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &CreateBucketInput{}
        }

        output = &CreateBucketOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists"
//   The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
//   by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
//
//   * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload"

// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opCreateMultipartUpload,
                HTTPMethod: "POST",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{}
        }

        output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID.
//
// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
// you for the parts storage.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket"

// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucket,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete
// Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"

// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors"

// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketCors,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the CORS configuration information set for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption"

// DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketEncryption,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?encryption",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration"

// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
// the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle"

// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketLifecycle,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration"

// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy"

// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketPolicy,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the policy from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication"

// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketReplication,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. For information about
// replication configuration, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging"

// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the tags from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite"

// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteBucketWebsite,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject"

// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteObject,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete
// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a
// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging"

// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteObjectTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the tag-set from an existing object.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects"

// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeleteObjects,
                HTTPMethod: "POST",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?delete",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeleteObjectsInput{}
        }

        output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using
// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeletePublicAccessBlock = "DeletePublicAccessBlock"

// DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opDeletePublicAccessBlock,
                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{}
        }

        output = &DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration from an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration"

// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl"

// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketAcl,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?acl",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketAclInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketAclOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets the access control policy for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"

// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors"

// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketCors,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketCorsInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the CORS configuration for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption"

// GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketEncryption,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?encryption",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the server-side encryption configuration of a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration"

// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
// the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle"

// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) {
        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
        }
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketLifecycle,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration"

// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation"

// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketLocation,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?location",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketLocationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the region the bucket resides in.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging"

// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketLogging,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?logging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to
// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration"

// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// from the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification"

// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) {
        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
        }
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketNotification,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
        }

        output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration"

// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
        }

        output = &NotificationConfiguration{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy"

// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketPolicy,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketPolicyStatus = "GetBucketPolicyStatus"

// GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketPolicyStatus,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policyStatus",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the
// bucket is public.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication"

// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketReplication,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.
//
// It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration
// to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete
// can return a wrong result.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment"

// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketRequestPayment,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging"

// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning"

// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketVersioning,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versioning",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite"

// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetBucketWebsite,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{}
        }

        output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the website configuration for a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObject = "GetObject"

// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObject,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
//   The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl"

// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectAcl,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectAclInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectAclOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
//   The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectLegalHold = "GetObjectLegalHold"

// GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectLegalHold,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectLockConfiguration = "GetObjectLockConfiguration"

// GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectLockConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the
// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object
// placed in the specified bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectRetention = "GetObjectRetention"

// GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectRetention,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectRetentionInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectRetentionOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves an object's retention settings.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging"

// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag-set of an object.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent"

// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetObjectTorrent,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{}
        }

        output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Return torrent files from a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetPublicAccessBlock = "GetPublicAccessBlock"

// GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opGetPublicAccessBlock,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{}
        }

        output = &GetPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket"

// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opHeadBucket,
                HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &HeadBucketInput{}
        }

        output = &HeadBucketOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission
// to access it.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
//   The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opHeadObject = "HeadObject"

// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opHeadObject,
                HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &HeadObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &HeadObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the
// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's
// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
//
// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses
// for more information on returned errors.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations"

// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations"

// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListBucketInventoryConfigurations,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations"

// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListBucketMetricsConfigurations,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets"

// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListBuckets,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListBucketsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListBucketsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads"

// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListMultipartUploads,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?uploads",
                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
                        InputTokens:     []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"},
                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"},
                        LimitToken:      "MaxUploads",
                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
                },
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
//        func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error {
        return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
        p := request.Pagination{
                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
                        var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput
                        if input != nil {
                                tmp := *input
                                inCpy = &tmp
                        }
                        req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy)
                        req.SetContext(ctx)
                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
                        return req, nil
                },
        }

        cont := true
        for p.Next() && cont {
                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
        }
        return p.Err()
}

const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions"

// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListObjectVersions,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versions",
                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
                        InputTokens:     []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"},
                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"},
                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
                },
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params,
//        func(page *ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
        return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
        p := request.Pagination{
                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
                        var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput
                        if input != nil {
                                tmp := *input
                                inCpy = &tmp
                        }
                        req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy)
                        req.SetContext(ctx)
                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
                        return req, nil
                },
        }

        cont := true
        for p.Next() && cont {
                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
        }
        return p.Err()
}

const opListObjects = "ListObjects"

// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListObjects,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
                        InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"},
                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
                },
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListObjectsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListObjectsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
//   The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListObjectsPages(params,
//        func(page *ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error {
        return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
        p := request.Pagination{
                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
                        var inCpy *ListObjectsInput
                        if input != nil {
                                tmp := *input
                                inCpy = &tmp
                        }
                        req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy)
                        req.SetContext(ctx)
                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
                        return req, nil
                },
        }

        cont := true
        for p.Next() && cont {
                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
        }
        return p.Err()
}

const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2"

// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method.
//    req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListObjectsV2,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?list-type=2",
                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
                        InputTokens:     []string{"ContinuationToken"},
                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextContinuationToken"},
                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
                        TruncationToken: "",
                },
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListObjectsV2Input{}
        }

        output = &ListObjectsV2Output{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend
// you use this revised API for new application development.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
//   The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
        req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params,
//        func(page *ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error {
        return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
        p := request.Pagination{
                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
                        var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input
                        if input != nil {
                                tmp := *input
                                inCpy = &tmp
                        }
                        req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy)
                        req.SetContext(ctx)
                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
                        return req, nil
                },
        }

        cont := true
        for p.Next() && cont {
                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage())
        }
        return p.Err()
}

const opListParts = "ListParts"

// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opListParts,
                HTTPMethod: "GET",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
                        InputTokens:     []string{"PartNumberMarker"},
                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"},
                        LimitToken:      "MaxParts",
                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
                },
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &ListPartsInput{}
        }

        output = &ListPartsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListParts for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
//        func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error {
        return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
        p := request.Pagination{
                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
                        var inCpy *ListPartsInput
                        if input != nil {
                                tmp := *input
                                inCpy = &tmp
                        }
                        req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy)
                        req.SetContext(ctx)
                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
                        return req, nil
                },
        }

        cont := true
        for p.Next() && cont {
                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
        }
        return p.Err()
}

const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration"

// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl"

// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketAcl,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?acl",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketAclInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketAclOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"

// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors"

// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketCors,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketCorsInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the CORS configuration for a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption"

// PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketEncryption,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?encryption",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new server-side encryption configuration (or replaces an existing
// one, if present).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration"

// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the
// bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle"

// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) {
        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
        }
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketLifecycle,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration"

// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration
// exists, it replaces it.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging"

// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketLogging,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?logging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who
// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of
// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration"

// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// for the bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification"

// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) {
        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
        }
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketNotification,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration"

// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy"

// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketPolicy,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one
// in this request completely replaces it.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication"

// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketReplication,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more
// information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment"

// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketRequestPayment,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket
// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables
// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download
// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets
// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging"

// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the tags for a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning"

// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketVersioning,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versioning",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state,
// you must be the bucket owner.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite"

// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutBucketWebsite,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{}
        }

        output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Set the website configuration for a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObject = "PutObject"

// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObject,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Adds an object to a bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl"

// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObjectAcl,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectAclInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectAclOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions
// for an object that already exists in a bucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
//   The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObjectLegalHold = "PutObjectLegalHold"

// PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObjectLegalHold,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObjectLockConfiguration = "PutObjectLockConfiguration"

// PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObjectLockConfiguration,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified
// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new
// object placed in the specified bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObjectRetention = "PutObjectRetention"

// PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObjectRetention,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectRetentionInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectRetentionOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging"

// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutObjectTagging,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{}
        }

        output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutPublicAccessBlock = "PutPublicAccessBlock"

// PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opPutPublicAccessBlock,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{}
        }

        output = &PutPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
        return
}

// PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3
// bucket.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject"

// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opRestoreObject,
                HTTPMethod: "POST",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &RestoreObjectInput{}
        }

        output = &RestoreObjectOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
//   * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"
//   This operation is not allowed against this storage tier
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent"

// SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opSelectObjectContent,
                HTTPMethod: "POST",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &SelectObjectContentInput{}
        }

        output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler)
        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(output.runEventStreamLoop)
        return
}

// SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple
// Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the
// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or
// CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records,
// and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must
// also specify the data serialization format for the response.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opUploadPart = "UploadPart"

// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opUploadPart,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &UploadPartInput{}
        }

        output = &UploadPartOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
//
// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
// you for the parts storage.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy"

// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) {
        op := &request.Operation{
                Name:       opUploadPartCopy,
                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
        }

        if input == nil {
                input = &UploadPartCopyInput{}
        }

        output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{}
        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
        return
}

// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
        req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
        req.SetContext(ctx)
        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
        return out, req.Send()
}

// Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
// that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle
        // to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload.
        DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value.
func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload {
        s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v
        return s
}

type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // UploadId is a required field
        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.UploadId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type AccelerateConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type AccessControlPolicy struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A list of grants.
        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"}
        if s.Grants != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Grants {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy {
        s.Grants = v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// A container for information about access control for replicas.
type AccessControlTranslation struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The override value for the owner of the replica object.
        //
        // Owner is a required field
        Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"}
        if s.Owner == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation {
        s.Owner = &v
        return s
}

type AnalyticsAndOperator struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"}
        if s.Tags != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Tags {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
        s.Tags = v
        return s
}

type AnalyticsConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
        // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
        // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
        Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"`

        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected
        // and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
        //
        // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field
        StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"}
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis"))
        }
        if s.Filter != nil {
                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil {
                if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
        s.StorageClassAnalysis = v
        return s
}

type AnalyticsExportDestination struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
        //
        // S3BucketDestination is a required field
        S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"}
        if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
        }
        if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
                if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination {
        s.S3BucketDestination = v
        return s
}

type AnalyticsFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an
        // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
        And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"}
        if s.And != nil {
                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Tag != nil {
                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter {
        s.And = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter {
        s.Tag = v
        return s
}

type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided,
        // the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data.
        BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"`

        // The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
        //
        // Format is a required field
        Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"`

        // The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this
        // prefix.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Format == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
        s.BucketAccountId = &v
        return s
}

// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
        s.Format = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

type Bucket struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Date the bucket was created.
        CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        // The name of the bucket.
        Name *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket {
        s.CreationDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Rules is a required field
        Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"}
        if s.Rules == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
        }
        if s.Rules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Rules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

type BucketLoggingStatus struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that
        // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required
        // in this case.
        LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"}
        if s.LoggingEnabled != nil {
                if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus {
        s.LoggingEnabled = v
        return s
}

type CORSConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // CORSRules is a required field
        CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"}
        if s.CORSRules == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules"))
        }
        if s.CORSRules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.CORSRules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration {
        s.CORSRules = v
        return s
}

type CORSRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request.
        AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed
        // to execute.
        //
        // AllowedMethods is a required field
        AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
        //
        // AllowedOrigins is a required field
        AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to
        // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest
        // object).
        ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response
        // for the specified resource.
        MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"}
        if s.AllowedMethods == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods"))
        }
        if s.AllowedOrigins == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
        s.AllowedHeaders = v
        return s
}

// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule {
        s.AllowedMethods = v
        return s
}

// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule {
        s.AllowedOrigins = v
        return s
}

// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
        s.ExposeHeaders = v
        return s
}

// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule {
        s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v
        return s
}

// Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted.
type CSVInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and
        // such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value
        // to TRUE may lower performance.
        AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The single character used to indicate a row should be ignored when present
        // at the start of a row.
        Comments *string `type:"string"`

        // The value used to separate individual fields in a record.
        FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use.
        FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"`

        // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value.
        QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`

        // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already
        // escaped value.
        QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`

        // The value used to separate individual records.
        RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput {
        s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.Comments = &v
        return s
}

// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.FieldDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.FileHeaderInfo = &v
        return s
}

// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.QuoteCharacter = &v
        return s
}

// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
        return s
}

// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
        s.RecordDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

// Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted.
type CSVOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The value used to separate individual fields in a record.
        FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // The value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value.
        QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`

        // Th single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already
        // escaped value.
        QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`

        // Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted.
        QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"`

        // The value used to separate individual records.
        RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
        s.FieldDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
        s.QuoteCharacter = &v
        return s
}

// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
        s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
        return s
}

// SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput {
        s.QuoteFields = &v
        return s
}

// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
        s.RecordDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        CloudFunction *string `type:"string"`

        // The bucket event for which to send notifications.
        //
        // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        InvocationRole *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
        s.CloudFunction = &v
        return s
}

// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Event = &v
        return s
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
        s.InvocationRole = &v
        return s
}

type CommonPrefix struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // UploadId is a required field
        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.UploadId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
        s.MultipartUpload = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Bucket *string `type:"string"`

        // Entity tag of the object.
        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
        // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        Location *string `type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // Version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Expiration = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Location = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type CompletedMultipartUpload struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload {
        s.Parts = v
        return s
}

type CompletedPart struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between
        // 1 and 10,000.
        PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

type Condition struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error,
        // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied.
        // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals
        // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect
        // to be applied.
        HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"`

        // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to
        // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html.
        // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will
        // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when
        // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
        // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for
        // the redirect to be applied.
        KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Condition) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition {
        s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition {
        s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v
        return s
}

type ContinuationEvent struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}

// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
        payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
        msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
        return nil
}

type CopyObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
        // by the Content-Type header field.
        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

        // The language the content is in.
        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

        // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
        // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
        //
        // CopySource is a required field
        CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
        CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`

        // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
        CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
        // ETag.
        CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`

        // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
        CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256).
        CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
        // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
        // that was used when the source object was created.
        CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

        // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced
        // with metadata provided in the request.
        MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"`

        // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object.
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

        // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object.
        ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

        // The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire.
        ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in
        // conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL
        // Query parameters
        Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

        // Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or
        // replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
        TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"`

        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.CopySource == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySource = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.Expires = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.Metadata = v
        return s
}

// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.MetadataDirective = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockMode = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.Tagging = &v
        return s
}

// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.TaggingDirective = &v
        return s
}

// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
        return s
}

type CopyObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"`

        CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"`

        CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`

        // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // Version ID of the newly created copy.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.CopyObjectResult = v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.Expiration = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type CopyObjectResult struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

type CopyPartResult struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Entity tag of the object.
        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        // Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

type CreateBucketConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify
        // a region, the bucket is created in US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
        LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration {
        s.LocationConstraint = &v
        return s
}

type CreateBucketInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
        // bucket.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

        // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.
        ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.GrantWrite = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput {
        s.ObjectLockEnabledForBucket = &v
        return s
}

type CreateBucketOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput {
        s.Location = &v
        return s
}

type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
        // by the Content-Type header field.
        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

        // The language the content is in.
        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

        // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object.
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

        // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.
        ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

        // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.
        ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters
        Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.CacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Expires = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Metadata = v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ObjectLockMode = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.Tagging = &v
        return s
}

// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
        return s
}

type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle.
        AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`

        // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort
        // operation.
        AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`

        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"`

        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // ID for the initiated multipart upload.
        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.AbortDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.AbortRuleId = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

// The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings
// for new objects placed in the specified bucket.
type DefaultRetention struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed
        // in the specified bucket.
        Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`

        // The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
        Years *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
        s.Days = &v
        return s
}

// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention {
        s.Mode = &v
        return s
}

// SetYears sets the Years field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
        s.Years = &v
        return s
}

type Delete struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Objects is a required field
        Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element,
        // you must set its value to true.
        Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Delete) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Delete) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Delete) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"}
        if s.Objects == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects"))
        }
        if s.Objects != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Objects {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete {
        s.Objects = v
        return s
}

// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete {
        s.Quiet = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration
        // to delete.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The bucket name.
        //
        // It can take a while to propagate the deletion of a replication configuration
        // to all Amazon S3 systems.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeleteMarkerEntry struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
        // of an object.
        IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The object key.
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        // Date and time the object was last modified.
        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        // Version ID of an object.
        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
        s.IsLatest = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers.
type DeleteMarkerReplication struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The status of the delete marker replication.
        //
        // In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers.
        // The status must be Disabled.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions
        // to process this operation.
        BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.MFA = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
        // or was not (false) a delete marker.
        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE
        // operation.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput {
        s.DeleteMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type
        // Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this
        // operation.
        BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

        // Delete is a required field
        Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Delete == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete"))
        }
        if s.Delete != nil {
                if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput {
        s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
        return s
}

// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput {
        s.Delete = v
        return s
}

// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
        s.MFA = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

type DeleteObjectsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
        s.Deleted = v
        return s
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
        s.Errors = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePublicAccessBlockInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type DeletedObject struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`

        DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"`

        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject {
        s.DeleteMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
        s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// A container for information about the replication destination.
type Destination struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container for information about access control for replicas.
        //
        // Use this element only in a cross-account scenario where source and destination
        // bucket owners are not the same to change replica ownership to the AWS account
        // that owns the destination bucket. If you don't add this element to the replication
        // configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account that owns the source
        // object.
        AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"`

        // The account ID of the destination bucket. Currently, Amazon S3 verifies this
        // value only if Access Control Translation is enabled.
        //
        // In a cross-account scenario, if you change replica ownership to the AWS account
        // that owns the destination bucket by adding the AccessControlTranslation element,
        // this is the account ID of the owner of the destination bucket.
        Account *string `type:"string"`

        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to
        // store replicas of the object identified by the rule.
        //
        // If there are multiple rules in your replication configuration, all rules
        // must specify the same bucket as the destination. A replication configuration
        // can replicate objects to only one destination bucket.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria
        // is specified, you must specify this element.
        EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object. By default Amazon S3 uses
        // storage class of the source object when creating a replica.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Destination) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Destination) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Destination) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil {
                if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination {
        s.AccessControlTranslation = v
        return s
}

// SetAccount sets the Account field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination {
        s.Account = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination {
        s.EncryptionConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore
// results.
type Encryption struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon
        // S3 (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        //
        // EncryptionType is a required field
        EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify
        // the encryption context for the restore results.
        KMSContext *string `type:"string"`

        // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the AWS
        // KMS key ID to use for encryption of job results.
        KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Encryption) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"}
        if s.EncryptionType == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption {
        s.EncryptionType = &v
        return s
}

// SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption {
        s.KMSContext = &v
        return s
}

// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption {
        s.KMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// A container for information about the encryption-based configuration for
// replicas.
type EncryptionConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The ID of the AWS KMS key for the AWS Region where the destination bucket
        // resides. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt the replica object.
        ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration {
        s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v
        return s
}

type EndEvent struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}

// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
        payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
        msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
        return nil
}

type Error struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Code *string `type:"string"`

        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        Message *string `type:"string"`

        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Error) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Error) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error {
        s.Code = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error {
        s.Message = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type ErrorDocument struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"}
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// A container for a key value pair that defines the criteria for the filter
// rule.
type FilterRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which
        // the filtering rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters.
        // Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information,
        // see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"`

        Value *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule {
        s.Value = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketAclInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketAclOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A list of grants.
        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput {
        s.Grants = v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`

        // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
        AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput {
        s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketCorsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketCorsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput {
        s.CORSRules = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration
        // is retrieved.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`

        // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports
        // one rule only.
        ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`

        // Specifies the inventory configuration.
        InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput {
        s.InventoryConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketLocationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketLocationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput {
        s.LocationConstraint = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketLoggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that
        // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required
        // in this case.
        LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput {
        s.LoggingEnabled = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`

        // Specifies the metrics configuration.
        MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput {
        s.MetricsConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketPolicyInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`

        // The bucket policy as a JSON document.
        Policy *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput {
        s.Policy = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyStatusInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PolicyStatus"`

        // The policy status for the specified bucket.
        PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput {
        s.PolicyStatus = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketReplicationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`

        // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
        // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
        ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput {
        s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
        Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput {
        s.Payer = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // TagSet is a required field
        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput {
        s.TagSet = v
        return s
}

type GetBucketVersioningInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
        // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
        // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
        MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"`

        // The versioning state of the bucket.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
        s.MFADelete = &v
        return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`

        IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`

        RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`

        RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
        s.ErrorDocument = v
        return s
}

// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
        s.IndexDocument = v
        return s
}

// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
        s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
        return s
}

// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
        s.RoutingRules = v
        return s
}

type GetObjectAclInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectAclOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A list of grants.
        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput {
        s.Grants = v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
        IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`

        // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
        // otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
        IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
        // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
        IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`

        // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
        IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
        // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified.
        // Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`

        // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
        // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
        Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.
        ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"`

        // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response
        ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"`

        // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.
        ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"`

        // Sets the Content-Language header of the response.
        ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"`

        // Sets the Content-Type header of the response.
        ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"`

        // Sets the Expires header of the response.
        ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.IfMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
        s.IfModifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.IfNoneMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
        s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.Range = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseCacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
        s.ResponseExpires = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The bucket containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLegalHoldInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`

        // The current Legal Hold status for the specified object.
        LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput {
        s.LegalHold = v
        return s
}

type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`

        // The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.
        ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
        s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GetObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`

        AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`

        // Object data.
        Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`

        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
        // by the Content-Type header field.
        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

        // The language the content is in.
        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

        // Size of the body in bytes.
        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

        // The portion of the object returned in the response.
        ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`

        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

        // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
        // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

        // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
        // of a resource found at a URL
        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

        // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
        // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs
        // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
        // encoded.
        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
        Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`

        // Last modified date of the object
        LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`

        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

        // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
        // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
        // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
        // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
        MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`

        // Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only
        // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

        // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
        ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

        // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
        ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // The count of parts this object has.
        PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`

        ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
        // of the restored object copy.
        Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // The number of tags, if any, on the object.
        TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`

        // Version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`

        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.AcceptRanges = &v
        return s
}

// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.Body = v
        return s
}

// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.CacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentLength = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentRange = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.DeleteMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.Expiration = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.Expires = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.Metadata = v
        return s
}

// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.MissingMeta = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockMode = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.PartsCount = &v
        return s
}

// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ReplicationStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.Restore = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.TagCount = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectRetentionInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The bucket containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectRetentionInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`

        // The container element for an object's retention settings.
        Retention *ObjectLockRetention `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput {
        s.Retention = v
        return s
}

type GetObjectTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // TagSet is a required field
        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`

        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
        s.TagSet = v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectTorrentInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`

        Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
        s.Body = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
        // want to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicAccessBlockInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`

        // The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3
        // bucket.
        PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput {
        s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type GlacierJobParameters struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
        //
        // Tier is a required field
        Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"}
        if s.Tier == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters {
        s.Tier = &v
        return s
}

type Grant struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`

        // Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
        Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Grant) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grant) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grant) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"}
        if s.Grantee != nil {
                if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant {
        s.Grantee = v
        return s
}

// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant {
        s.Permission = &v
        return s
}

type Grantee struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`

        // Screen name of the grantee.
        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

        // Email address of the grantee.
        EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`

        // The canonical user ID of the grantee.
        ID *string `type:"string"`

        // Type of grantee
        //
        // Type is a required field
        Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"`

        // URI of the grantee group.
        URI *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grantee) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"}
        if s.Type == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee {
        s.DisplayName = &v
        return s
}

// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee {
        s.EmailAddress = &v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee {
        s.Type = &v
        return s
}

// SetURI sets the URI field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee {
        s.URI = &v
        return s
}

type HeadBucketInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type HeadBucketOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type HeadObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
        IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`

        // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
        // otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
        IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
        // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
        IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`

        // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
        IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
        // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified.
        // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this
        // object.
        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`

        // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
        // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
        Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.IfMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.IfModifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.IfNoneMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.Range = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type HeadObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`

        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
        // by the Content-Type header field.
        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

        // The language the content is in.
        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

        // Size of the body in bytes.
        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

        // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
        // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`

        // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
        // of a resource found at a URL
        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

        // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
        // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs
        // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
        // encoded.
        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
        Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`

        // Last modified date of the object
        LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`

        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

        // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
        // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
        // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
        // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
        MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`

        // The Legal Hold status for the specified object.
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

        // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
        ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

        // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
        ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // The count of parts this object has.
        PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`

        ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
        // of the restored object copy.
        Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // Version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`

        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.AcceptRanges = &v
        return s
}

// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.CacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ContentLength = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.DeleteMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.Expiration = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.Expires = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.Metadata = v
        return s
}

// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.MissingMeta = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockMode = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.PartsCount = &v
        return s
}

// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ReplicationStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.Restore = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
        return s
}

type IndexDocument struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website
        // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/
        // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html)
        // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
        //
        // Suffix is a required field
        Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"}
        if s.Suffix == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value.
func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument {
        s.Suffix = &v
        return s
}

type Initiator struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the Principal.
        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

        // If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If
        // the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
        ID *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator {
        s.DisplayName = &v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

// Describes the serialization format of the object.
type InputSerialization struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
        CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default
        // Value: NONE.
        CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"`

        // Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
        JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
        Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization {
        s.CSV = v
        return s
}

// SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization {
        s.CompressionType = &v
        return s
}

// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization {
        s.JSON = v
        return s
}

// SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization {
        s.Parquet = v
        return s
}

type InventoryConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
        //
        // Destination is a required field
        Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
        // the filter's criteria.
        Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"`

        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies which object version(s) to included in the inventory results.
        //
        // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field
        IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"`

        // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled.
        //
        // IsEnabled is a required field
        IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`

        // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
        OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"`

        // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
        //
        // Schedule is a required field
        Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"}
        if s.Destination == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions"))
        }
        if s.IsEnabled == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled"))
        }
        if s.Schedule == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule"))
        }
        if s.Destination != nil {
                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Filter != nil {
                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Schedule != nil {
                if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.Destination = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.IsEnabled = &v
        return s
}

// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.OptionalFields = v
        return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration {
        s.Schedule = v
        return s
}

type InventoryDestination struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
        // (optional) where inventory results are published.
        //
        // S3BucketDestination is a required field
        S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"}
        if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
        }
        if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
                if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination {
        s.S3BucketDestination = v
        return s
}

// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
// results.
type InventoryEncryption struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered Inventory reports.
        SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered Inventory reports.
        SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"}
        if s.SSEKMS != nil {
                if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption {
        s.SSEKMS = v
        return s
}

// SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption {
        s.SSES3 = v
        return s
}

type InventoryFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
        //
        // Prefix is a required field
        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"}
        if s.Prefix == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket.
        AccountId *string `type:"string"`

        // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will
        // be published.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
        // results.
        Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
        //
        // Format is a required field
        Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"`

        // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Format == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
        }
        if s.Encryption != nil {
                if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
        s.AccountId = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
        s.Encryption = v
        return s
}

// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
        s.Format = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

type InventorySchedule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
        //
        // Frequency is a required field
        Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"}
        if s.Frequency == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule {
        s.Frequency = &v
        return s
}

type JSONInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
        Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput {
        s.Type = &v
        return s
}

type JSONOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The value used to separate individual records in the output.
        RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput {
        s.RecordDelimiter = &v
        return s
}

// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
type KeyFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A list of containers for the key value pair that defines the criteria for
        // the filter rule.
        FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value.
func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter {
        s.FilterRules = v
        return s
}

// A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Events is a required field
        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
        // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Lambda cloud function that Amazon S3
        // can invoke when it detects events of the specified type.
        //
        // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field
        LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"}
        if s.Events == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
        }
        if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
        s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v
        return s
}

type LifecycleConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Rules is a required field
        Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"}
        if s.Rules == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
        }
        if s.Rules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Rules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

type LifecycleExpiration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
        // GMT ISO 8601 Format.
        Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
        // The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent
        // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false
        // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in
        // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
        ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration {
        s.Date = &v
        return s
}

// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration {
        s.Days = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration {
        s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v
        return s
}

type LifecycleRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
        // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
        AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`

        Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`

        // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
        // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
        Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"`

        // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
        ID *string `type:"string"`

        // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
        // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
        // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
        // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
        // period in the object's lifetime.
        NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`

        NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is
        // No longer used; use Filter instead.
        //
        // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
        Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`

        // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
        // is not currently being applied.
        //
        // Status is a required field
        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`

        Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"}
        if s.Status == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
        }
        if s.Filter != nil {
                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule {
        s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
        s.Expiration = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
        s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
        return s
}

// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule {
        s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule {
        s.Transitions = v
        return s
}

// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule
        // to apply.
        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"}
        if s.Tags != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Tags {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
        s.Tags = v
        return s
}

// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
type LifecycleRuleFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
        // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
        // of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
        And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`

        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"}
        if s.And != nil {
                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Tag != nil {
                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
        s.And = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
        s.Tag = v
        return s
}

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
        // should begin.
        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
        AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began.
        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

        // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
        // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
        // will be provided for a subsequent request.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that
        // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include
        // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v
        return s
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been
        // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
        // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
        // that Amazon S3 understands.
        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this
        // inventory configuration list response.
        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

        // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
        InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated
        // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
        // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
        // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
        s.InventoryConfigurationList = v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that
        // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated
        // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque
        // value that Amazon S3 understands.
        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration
        // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

        // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete.
        // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
        // will be provided for a subsequent request.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
        MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been
        // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
        // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
        // that Amazon S3 understands.
        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.MetricsConfigurationList = v
        return s
}

// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

type ListBucketsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type ListBucketsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput {
        s.Buckets = v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Character you use to group keys.
        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
        // keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload
        // after which listing should begin.
        KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`

        // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return
        // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be
        // returned in a response.
        MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"`

        // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified
        // prefix.
        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

        // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing
        // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter
        // is ignored.
        UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.KeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.MaxUploads = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
        s.UploadIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Bucket *string `type:"string"`

        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A
        // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated
        // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified
        // by max uploads.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The key at or after which the listing began.
        KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

        // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the
        // response.
        MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
        // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
        NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
        // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
        NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

        // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified
        // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // Upload ID after which listing began.
        UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

        Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.CommonPrefixes = v
        return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.KeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.MaxUploads = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.NextKeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.UploadIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
        s.Uploads = v
        return s
}

type ListObjectVersionsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
        // keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
        KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`

        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
        VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.KeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
        s.VersionIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
        // that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can
        // make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker
        // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the
        // rest of the results.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response.
        KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

        Name *string `type:"string"`

        // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
        NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`

        // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request.
        NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`

        Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.CommonPrefixes = v
        return s
}

// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.DeleteMarkers = v
        return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.KeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.NextKeyMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.VersionIdMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
        s.Versions = v
        return s
}

type ListObjectsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
        // keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
        Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`

        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their
        // requests.
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.Marker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

type ListObjectsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
        // that satisfied the search criteria.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        Marker *string `type:"string"`

        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

        Name *string `type:"string"`

        // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response
        // is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent
        // request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical
        // order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter
        // specified. If response does not include the NextMaker and it is truncated,
        // you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the
        // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
        NextMarker *string `type:"string"`

        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.CommonPrefixes = v
        return s
}

// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.Contents = v
        return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.Marker = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.NextMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

type ListObjectsV2Input struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the bucket to list.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
        // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
        // key
        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`

        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`

        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return
        // owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to
        // true
        FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"`

        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`

        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter
        // in their requests.
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
        // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket
        StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.FetchOwner = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
        s.StartAfter = &v
        return s
}

type ListObjectsV2Output struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
        // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter
        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // Metadata about each object returned.
        Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
        // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
        // key
        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`

        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`

        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
        // that satisfied the search criteria.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will
        // always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your
        // result will include less than equals 50 keys
        KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // Name of the bucket to list.
        Name *string `type:"string"`

        // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there
        // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to
        // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken
        // is obfuscated and is not a real key
        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`

        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
        // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket
        StartAfter *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.CommonPrefixes = v
        return s
}

// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.Contents = v
        return s
}

// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.ContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.Delimiter = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.EncodingType = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.KeyCount = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.MaxKeys = &v
        return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
        s.StartAfter = &v
        return s
}

type ListPartsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
        MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"`

        // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher
        // part numbers will be listed.
        PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
        //
        // UploadId is a required field
        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.UploadId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
        s.MaxParts = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
        s.PartNumberMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

type ListPartsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle.
        AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`

        // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort
        // operation.
        AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`

        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Bucket *string `type:"string"`

        // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
        Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated.
        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
        MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
        // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
        // in a subsequent request.
        NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        // Part number after which listing begins.
        PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`

        Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.AbortDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.AbortRuleId = &v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.Initiator = v
        return s
}

// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.IsTruncated = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.MaxParts = &v
        return s
}

// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.PartNumberMarker = &v
        return s
}

// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.Parts = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
type Location struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
        AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

        // The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
        //
        // BucketName is a required field
        BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
        CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

        // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore
        // results.
        Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
        //
        // Prefix is a required field
        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The class of storage used to store the restore results.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
        Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"`

        // A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
        UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Location) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Location) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Location) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"}
        if s.BucketName == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName"))
        }
        if s.Prefix == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
        }
        if s.AccessControlList != nil {
                for i, v := range s.AccessControlList {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }
        if s.Encryption != nil {
                if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Tagging != nil {
                if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value.
func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location {
        s.AccessControlList = v
        return s
}

// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location {
        s.BucketName = &v
        return s
}

// SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value.
func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location {
        s.CannedACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location {
        s.Encryption = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location {
        s.Tagging = v
        return s
}

// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location {
        s.UserMetadata = v
        return s
}

// Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that
// logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required
// in this case.
type LoggingEnabled struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs.
        // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the
        // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets
        // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should
        // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered
        // log files can be distinguished by key.
        //
        // TargetBucket is a required field
        TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`

        // This element lets you specify a prefix for the keys that the log files will
        // be stored under.
        //
        // TargetPrefix is a required field
        TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"}
        if s.TargetBucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket"))
        }
        if s.TargetPrefix == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix"))
        }
        if s.TargetGrants != nil {
                for i, v := range s.TargetGrants {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
        s.TargetBucket = &v
        return s
}

// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled {
        s.TargetGrants = v
        return s
}

// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
        s.TargetPrefix = &v
        return s
}

// A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
type MetadataEntry struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Name *string `type:"string"`

        Value *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry {
        s.Name = &v
        return s
}

// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry {
        s.Value = &v
        return s
}

type MetricsAndOperator struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"}
        if s.Tags != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Tags {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator {
        s.Tags = v
        return s
}

type MetricsConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will
        // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a
        // prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
        Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"`

        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"}
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.Filter != nil {
                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type MetricsFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
        // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
        // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
        And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"`

        // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"}
        if s.And != nil {
                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Tag != nil {
                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter {
        s.And = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter {
        s.Tag = v
        return s
}

type MultipartUpload struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
        Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`

        // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload {
        s.Initiated = &v
        return s
}

// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload {
        s.Initiator = v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
        // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
        // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
        // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration {
        s.NoncurrentDays = &v
        return s
}

// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER or
// DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
// GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
// lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
        // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
        // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
        // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
        s.NoncurrentDays = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
type NotificationConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"}
        if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil {
                for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }
        if s.QueueConfigurations != nil {
                for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }
        if s.TopicConfigurations != nil {
                for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
        s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v
        return s
}

// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
        s.QueueConfigurations = v
        return s
}

// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
        s.TopicConfigurations = v
        return s
}

type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

        QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`

        TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.QueueConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.TopicConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
// name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
        Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter {
        s.Key = v
        return s
}

type Object struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Object) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Object) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object {
        s.Size = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

type ObjectIdentifier struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Key name of the object to delete.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"}
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters.
type ObjectLockConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled.
        ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"`

        // The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object.
        Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
        s.ObjectLockEnabled = &v
        return s
}

// SetRule sets the Rule field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
        s.Rule = v
        return s
}

// A Legal Hold configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockLegalHold struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

// A Retention configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockRetention struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
        Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`

        // The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
        RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention {
        s.Mode = &v
        return s
}

// SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention {
        s.RetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// The container element for an Object Lock rule.
type ObjectLockRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed
        // in the specified bucket.
        DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule {
        s.DefaultRetention = v
        return s
}

type ObjectVersion struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
        // of an object.
        IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`

        // The object key.
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

        // Date and time the object was last modified.
        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`

        // Size in bytes of the object.
        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"`

        // Version ID of an object.
        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion {
        s.IsLatest = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion {
        s.Owner = v
        return s
}

// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion {
        s.Size = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
type OutputLocation struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
        S3 *Location `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"}
        if s.S3 != nil {
                if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation {
        s.S3 = v
        return s
}

// Describes how results of the Select job are serialized.
type OutputSerialization struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
        CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
        JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization {
        s.CSV = v
        return s
}

// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization {
        s.JSON = v
        return s
}

type Owner struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`

        ID *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Owner) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Owner) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner {
        s.DisplayName = &v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

type ParquetInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type Part struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
        ETag *string `type:"string"`

        // Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

        // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and
        // 10,000.
        PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Part) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Part) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part {
        s.LastModified = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part {
        s.Size = &v
        return s
}

// The container element for a bucket's policy status.
type PolicyStatus struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public.
        // FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public.
        IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value.
func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus {
        s.IsPublic = &v
        return s
}

type Progress struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
        BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`

        // The current number of bytes of records payload data returned.
        BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`

        // The current number of object bytes scanned.
        BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Progress) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Progress) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress {
        s.BytesProcessed = &v
        return s
}

// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress {
        s.BytesReturned = &v
        return s
}

// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress {
        s.BytesScanned = &v
        return s
}

type ProgressEvent struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`

        // The Progress event details.
        Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent {
        s.Details = v
        return s
}

// The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}

// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
        payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
        msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
        if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
                bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
        ); err != nil {
                return err
        }
        return nil
}

type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs)
        // for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE
        // causes the following behavior:
        //
        //    * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is
        //    public.
        //
        //    * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
        //
        // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
        BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"`

        // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this
        // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to
        // PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
        //
        // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
        BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"`

        // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and
        // objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to
        // ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
        //
        // Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs
        // and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
        IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"`

        // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this
        // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only
        // AWS services and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a
        // public policy.
        //
        // Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except
        // that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including
        // non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
        RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
        s.BlockPublicAcls = &v
        return s
}

// SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
        s.BlockPublicPolicy = &v
        return s
}

// SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
        s.IgnorePublicAcls = &v
        return s
}

// SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
        s.RestrictPublicBuckets = &v
        return s
}

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"`

        // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket.
        //
        // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field
        AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
        if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
        s.AccelerateConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketAclInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`

        AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
        // bucket.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
                if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.AccessControlPolicy = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.GrantWrite = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

type PutBucketAclOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`

        // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
        //
        // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field
        AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketCorsInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // CORSConfiguration is a required field
        CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.CORSConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.CORSConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput {
        s.CORSConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketCorsOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`

        // The name of the bucket for which the server-side encryption configuration
        // is set.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports
        // one rule only.
        //
        // ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field
        ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
        s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`

        // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies the inventory configuration.
        //
        // InventoryConfiguration is a required field
        InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
        s.InventoryConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
        s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
        s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketLoggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field
        BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus"))
        }
        if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil {
                if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
        s.BucketLoggingStatus = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`

        // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
        //
        // Id is a required field
        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies the metrics configuration.
        //
        // MetricsConfiguration is a required field
        MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Id == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
        }
        if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
        s.MetricsConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
        // If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
        //
        // NotificationConfiguration is a required field
        NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
        s.NotificationConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketNotificationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // NotificationConfiguration is a required field
        NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
        s.NotificationConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketPolicyInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions
        // to change this bucket policy in the future.
        ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"`

        // The bucket policy as a JSON document.
        //
        // Policy is a required field
        Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Policy == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
        s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v
        return s
}

// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
        s.Policy = &v
        return s
}

type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketReplicationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
        // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
        //
        // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field
        ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
        s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field
        RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
        s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Tagging is a required field
        Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Tagging == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
        }
        if s.Tagging != nil {
                if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
        s.Tagging = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketVersioningInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`

        // VersioningConfiguration is a required field
        VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
        s.MFA = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
        s.VersioningConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field
        WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration"))
        }
        if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil {
                if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
        s.WebsiteConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

type PutObjectAclInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

        AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
        // bucket.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
                if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.AccessControlPolicy = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.GrantWrite = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectAclOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`

        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`

        // Object data.
        Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`

        // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`

        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`

        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
        // by the Content-Type header field.
        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`

        // The language the content is in.
        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`

        // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
        // body cannot be determined automatically.
        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

        // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is
        // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI
        ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`

        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`

        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`

        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`

        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`

        // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`

        // The Legal Hold status that you want to apply to the specified object.
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`

        // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.
        ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`

        // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire.
        ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`

        // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
        // (For example, "Key1=Value1")
        Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`

        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ACL = &v
        return s
}

// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Body = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.CacheControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentDisposition = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentEncoding = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentLanguage = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentLength = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ContentType = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Expires = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.GrantFullControl = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.GrantRead = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.GrantReadACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Metadata = v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockMode = &v
        return s
}

// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.Tagging = &v
        return s
}

// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput {
        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`

        // The bucket containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the
        // specified object.
        LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLegalHoldInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.LegalHold = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`

        // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
        ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
        Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
        s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
        s.Token = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Entity tag for the uploaded object.
        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

        // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
        // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`

        // Version of the object.
        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.Expiration = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectRetentionInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`

        // The bucket that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention
        // configuration to.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.j
        BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`

        // The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
        // configuration to.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
        Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
        // configuration to.
        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectRetentionInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.Retention = v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectTaggingInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Tagging is a required field
        Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.Tagging == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
        }
        if s.Tagging != nil {
                if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
        s.Tagging = v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`

        // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
        // want to set.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
        // S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
        // more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
        // see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        //
        // PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field
        PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `locationName:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPublicAccessBlockInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
        s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
        return s
}

type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue.when Amazon S3 detects
// specified events.
type QueueConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Events is a required field
        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
        // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
        // will publish a message when it detects events of the specified type.
        //
        // QueueArn is a required field
        QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"}
        if s.Events == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
        }
        if s.QueueArn == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
        s.QueueArn = &v
        return s
}

type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The bucket event for which to send notifications.
        //
        // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        Queue *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Event = &v
        return s
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Queue = &v
        return s
}

type RecordsEvent struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`

        // The byte array of partial, one or more result records.
        //
        // Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
        Payload []byte `type:"blob"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetPayload sets the Payload field's value.
func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent {
        s.Payload = v
        return s
}

// The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}

// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
        payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
        msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
        s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload))
        copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload)
        return nil
}

type Redirect struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The host name to use in the redirect request.
        HostName *string `type:"string"`

        // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the
        // siblings is present.
        HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"`

        // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the
        // protocol that is used in the original request.
        Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`

        // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect
        // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to
        // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/
        // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required
        // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith
        // is not provided.
        ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"`

        // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect
        // request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can
        // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
        ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect {
        s.HostName = &v
        return s
}

// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect {
        s.HttpRedirectCode = &v
        return s
}

// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect {
        s.Protocol = &v
        return s
}

// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect {
        s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v
        return s
}

// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect {
        s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v
        return s
}

type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the host where requests will be redirected.
        //
        // HostName is a required field
        HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the
        // protocol that is used in the original request.
        Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"}
        if s.HostName == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
        s.HostName = &v
        return s
}

// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
        s.Protocol = &v
        return s
}

// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
type ReplicationConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
        // (IAM) role that Amazon S3 can assume when replicating the objects.
        //
        // Role is a required field
        Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration
        // must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
        //
        // Rules is a required field
        Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"}
        if s.Role == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
        }
        if s.Rules == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
        }
        if s.Rules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Rules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration {
        s.Role = &v
        return s
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

// A container for information about a specific replication rule.
type ReplicationRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers.
        DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"`

        // A container for information about the replication destination.
        //
        // Destination is a required field
        Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
        // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
        Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"`

        // A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
        ID *string `type:"string"`

        // An object keyname prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the
        // rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters.
        //
        // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
        Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`

        // The priority associated with the rule. If you specify multiple rules in a
        // replication configuration, Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts
        // when filtering. If two or more rules identify the same object based on a
        // specified filter, the rule with higher priority takes precedence. For example:
        //
        //    * Same object quality prefix based filter criteria If prefixes you specified
        //    in multiple rules overlap
        //
        //    * Same object qualify tag based filter criteria specified in multiple
        //    rules
        //
        // For more information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) ( https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html)
        // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
        Priority *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
        // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
        // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
        // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
        // an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS).
        //
        // If you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects created with server-side encryption
        // using AWS KMS-Managed Keys.
        SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"`

        // If status isn't enabled, the rule is ignored.
        //
        // Status is a required field
        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"}
        if s.Destination == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
        }
        if s.Status == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
        }
        if s.Destination != nil {
                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Filter != nil {
                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil {
                if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule {
        s.DeleteMarkerReplication = v
        return s
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule {
        s.Destination = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule {
        s.Priority = &v
        return s
}

// SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule {
        s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v
        return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleAndOperator"}
        if s.Tags != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Tags {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
        s.Tags = v
        return s
}

// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
type ReplicationRuleFilter struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
        // of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
        // specify more than one filter. For example:
        //
        //    * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
        //    an And tag.
        //
        //    * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
        //    in an And tag.
        And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`

        // An object keyname prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the
        // rule applies.
        Prefix *string `type:"string"`

        // A container for specifying a tag key and value.
        //
        // The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleFilter"}
        if s.And != nil {
                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.Tag != nil {
                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
        s.And = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
        s.Tag = v
        return s
}

type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
        //
        // Payer is a required field
        Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"}
        if s.Payer == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration {
        s.Payer = &v
        return s
}

type RequestProgress struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values:
        // TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE.
        Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress {
        s.Enabled = &v
        return s
}

type RestoreObjectInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Container for restore job parameters.
        RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.RestoreRequest != nil {
                if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput {
        s.RestoreRequest = v
        return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
        s.VersionId = &v
        return s
}

type RestoreObjectOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results
        // will be restored to.
        RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
        s.RestoreOutputPath = &v
        return s
}

// Container for restore job parameters.
type RestoreRequest struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify
        // OutputLocation.
        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The optional description for the job.
        Description *string `type:"string"`

        // Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores
        // that specify OutputLocation.
        GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"`

        // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
        OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`

        // Describes the parameters for Select job types.
        SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`

        // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
        Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"`

        // Type of restore request.
        Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"}
        if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil {
                if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.OutputLocation != nil {
                if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.SelectParameters != nil {
                if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest {
        s.Days = &v
        return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest {
        s.Description = &v
        return s
}

// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest {
        s.GlacierJobParameters = v
        return s
}

// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest {
        s.OutputLocation = v
        return s
}

// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest {
        s.SelectParameters = v
        return s
}

// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest {
        s.Tier = &v
        return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest {
        s.Type = &v
        return s
}

type RoutingRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
        // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
        // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
        // redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
        Condition *Condition `type:"structure"`

        // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another
        // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error,
        // you can specify a different error code to return.
        //
        // Redirect is a required field
        Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"}
        if s.Redirect == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule {
        s.Condition = v
        return s
}

// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule {
        s.Redirect = v
        return s
}

type Rule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
        // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
        AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`

        Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`

        // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
        ID *string `type:"string"`

        // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
        // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
        // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
        // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
        // period in the object's lifetime.
        NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`

        // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
        // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER or
        // DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
        // is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
        // noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
        // GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
        // lifetime.
        NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"`

        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
        //
        // Prefix is a required field
        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
        // is not currently being applied.
        //
        // Status is a required field
        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`

        Transition *Transition `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Rule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Rule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Rule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"}
        if s.Prefix == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
        }
        if s.Status == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule {
        s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
        return s
}

// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule {
        s.Expiration = v
        return s
}

// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule {
        s.ID = &v
        return s
}

// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule {
        s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
        return s
}

// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule {
        s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v
        return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule {
        s.Prefix = &v
        return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule {
        s.Transition = v
        return s
}

// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered Inventory reports.
type SSEKMS struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`

        // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master encryption
        // key to use for encrypting Inventory reports.
        //
        // KeyId is a required field
        KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"}
        if s.KeyId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS {
        s.KeyId = &v
        return s
}

// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered Inventory reports.
type SSES3 struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SelectObjectContentEventStream provides handling of EventStreams for
// the SelectObjectContent API.
//
// Use this type to receive SelectObjectContentEventStream events. The events
// can be read from the Events channel member.
//
// The events that can be received are:
//
//     * ContinuationEvent
//     * EndEvent
//     * ProgressEvent
//     * RecordsEvent
//     * StatsEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
        // Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream
        // events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made
        // Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the
        // EventStream Reader.
        //
        // Must not be nil.
        Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader

        // StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP
        // EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when
        // the Close method of the EventStream is called.
        StreamCloser io.Closer
}

// Close closes the EventStream. This will also cause the Events channel to be
// closed. You can use the closing of the Events channel to terminate your
// application's read from the API's EventStream.
//
// Will close the underlying EventStream reader. For EventStream over HTTP
// connection this will also close the HTTP connection.
//
// Close must be called when done using the EventStream API. Not calling Close
// may result in resource leaks.
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) {
        es.Reader.Close()
        return es.Err()
}

// Err returns any error that occurred while reading EventStream Events from
// the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors.
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
        if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil {
                return err
        }
        es.StreamCloser.Close()

        return nil
}

// Events returns a channel to read EventStream Events from the
// SelectObjectContent API.
//
// These events are:
//
//     * ContinuationEvent
//     * EndEvent
//     * ProgressEvent
//     * RecordsEvent
//     * StatsEvent
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
        return es.Reader.Events()
}

// SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream
// events read from the SelectObjectContent API.
//
// These events are:
//
//     * ContinuationEvent
//     * EndEvent
//     * ProgressEvent
//     * RecordsEvent
//     * StatsEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface {
        eventSelectObjectContentEventStream()
}

// SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading EventStream
// Events from the SelectObjectContent API. The
// default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStream.
//
// The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls.
//
// These events are:
//
//     * ContinuationEvent
//     * EndEvent
//     * ProgressEvent
//     * RecordsEvent
//     * StatsEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface {
        // Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream.
        Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent

        // Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For event stream over
        // HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection.
        Close() error

        // Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream.
        Err() error
}

type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
        eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader
        stream      chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent
        errVal      atomic.Value

        done      chan struct{}
        closeOnce sync.Once
}

func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(
        reader io.ReadCloser,
        unmarshalers request.HandlerList,
        logger aws.Logger,
        logLevel aws.LogLevelType,
) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream {
        r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{
                stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent),
                done:   make(chan struct{}),
        }

        r.eventReader = eventstreamapi.NewEventReader(
                reader,
                protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{
                        Unmarshalers: unmarshalers,
                },
                r.unmarshalerForEventType,
        )
        r.eventReader.UseLogger(logger, logLevel)

        return r
}

// Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For EventStream over
// HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection.
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error {
        r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose)

        return r.Err()
}

func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() {
        close(r.done)
        err := r.eventReader.Close()
        if err != nil {
                r.errVal.Store(err)
        }
}

func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
        if v := r.errVal.Load(); v != nil {
                return v.(error)
        }

        return nil
}

func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
        return r.stream
}

func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() {
        defer close(r.stream)

        for {
                event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent()
                if err != nil {
                        if err == io.EOF {
                                return
                        }
                        select {
                        case <-r.done:
                                // If closed already ignore the error
                                return
                        default:
                        }
                        r.errVal.Store(err)
                        return
                }

                select {
                case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent):
                case <-r.done:
                        return
                }
        }
}

func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) unmarshalerForEventType(
        eventType string,
) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) {
        switch eventType {
        case "Cont":
                return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil

        case "End":
                return &EndEvent{}, nil

        case "Progress":
                return &ProgressEvent{}, nil

        case "Records":
                return &RecordsEvent{}, nil

        case "Stats":
                return &StatsEvent{}, nil
        default:
                return nil, awserr.New(
                        request.ErrCodeSerialization,
                        fmt.Sprintf("unknown event type name, %s, for SelectObjectContentEventStream", eventType),
                        nil,
                )
        }
}

// Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured
// Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression,
// you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object.
// Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records
// that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization
// format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html).
type SelectObjectContentInput struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`

        // The S3 bucket.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The expression that is used to query the object.
        //
        // Expression is a required field
        Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The type of the provided expression (for example., SQL).
        //
        // ExpressionType is a required field
        ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`

        // Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
        //
        // InputSerialization is a required field
        InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // The object key.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
        //
        // OutputSerialization is a required field
        OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
        RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"`

        // The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see
        // Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see  Server-Side Encryption (Using
        // Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see  Server-Side Encryption
        // (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Expression == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
        }
        if s.ExpressionType == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
        }
        if s.InputSerialization == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.Expression = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.ExpressionType = &v
        return s
}

// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.InputSerialization = v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.OutputSerialization = v
        return s
}

// SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.RequestProgress = v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

type SelectObjectContentOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`

        // Use EventStream to use the API's stream.
        EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetEventStream sets the EventStream field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput {
        s.EventStream = v
        return s
}

func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) runEventStreamLoop(r *request.Request) {
        if r.Error != nil {
                return
        }
        reader := newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(
                r.HTTPResponse.Body,
                r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream,
                r.Config.Logger,
                r.Config.LogLevel.Value(),
        )
        go reader.readEventStream()

        eventStream := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{
                StreamCloser: r.HTTPResponse.Body,
                Reader:       reader,
        }
        s.EventStream = eventStream
}

// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
type SelectParameters struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The expression that is used to query the object.
        //
        // Expression is a required field
        Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL).
        //
        // ExpressionType is a required field
        ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`

        // Describes the serialization format of the object.
        //
        // InputSerialization is a required field
        InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
        //
        // OutputSerialization is a required field
        OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"}
        if s.Expression == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
        }
        if s.ExpressionType == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
        }
        if s.InputSerialization == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
        }
        if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters {
        s.Expression = &v
        return s
}

// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters {
        s.ExpressionType = &v
        return s
}

// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
        s.InputSerialization = v
        return s
}

// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
        s.OutputSerialization = v
        return s
}

// Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
// bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption,
// this default encryption will be applied.
type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // KMS master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed
        // if SSEAlgorithm is aws:kms.
        KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
        //
        // SSEAlgorithm is a required field
        SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"}
        if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
        s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
        s.SSEAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports
// one rule only.
type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration
        // rule.
        //
        // Rules is a required field
        Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"}
        if s.Rules == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
        }
        if s.Rules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.Rules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration {
        s.Rules = v
        return s
}

// Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration
// rule.
type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
        // bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption,
        // this default encryption will be applied.
        ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"}
        if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil {
                if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule {
        s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v
        return s
}

// A container for filters that define which source objects should be replicated.
type SourceSelectionCriteria struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted
        // with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication configuration,
        // this element is required.
        SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"}
        if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil {
                if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria {
        s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v
        return s
}

// A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted
// with AWS KMS.
type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // If the status is not Enabled, replication for S3 objects encrypted with AWS
        // KMS is disabled.
        //
        // Status is a required field
        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"}
        if s.Status == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type Stats struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
        BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`

        // The total number of bytes of records payload data returned.
        BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`

        // The total number of object bytes scanned.
        BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Stats) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Stats) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats {
        s.BytesProcessed = &v
        return s
}

// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats {
        s.BytesReturned = &v
        return s
}

// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats {
        s.BytesScanned = &v
        return s
}

type StatsEvent struct {
        _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`

        // The Stats event details.
        Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent {
        s.Details = v
        return s
}

// The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}

// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
        payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
        msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
        if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
                bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
        ); err != nil {
                return err
        }
        return nil
}

type StorageClassAnalysis struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis
        // should be exported.
        DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"}
        if s.DataExport != nil {
                if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis {
        s.DataExport = v
        return s
}

type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // The place to store the data for an analysis.
        //
        // Destination is a required field
        Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`

        // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1.
        //
        // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field
        OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"}
        if s.Destination == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
        }
        if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion"))
        }
        if s.Destination != nil {
                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
        s.Destination = v
        return s
}

// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
        s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v
        return s
}

type Tag struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Name of the tag.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Value of the tag.
        //
        // Value is a required field
        Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Tag) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.Value == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
        s.Value = &v
        return s
}

type Tagging struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // TagSet is a required field
        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tagging) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"}
        if s.TagSet == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet"))
        }
        if s.TagSet != nil {
                for i, v := range s.TagSet {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging {
        s.TagSet = v
        return s
}

type TargetGrant struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`

        // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket.
        Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"}
        if s.Grantee != nil {
                if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant {
        s.Grantee = v
        return s
}

// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant {
        s.Permission = &v
        return s
}

// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic.when Amazon S3
// detects specified events.
type TopicConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Events is a required field
        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`

        // A container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
        // name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
        // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3
        // will publish a message when it detects events of the specified type.
        //
        // TopicArn is a required field
        TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"}
        if s.Events == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
        }
        if s.TopicArn == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration {
        s.Filter = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
        s.TopicArn = &v
        return s
}

type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket event for which to send notifications.
        //
        // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`

        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`

        // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
        Id *string `type:"string"`

        // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the
        // specified events for the bucket.
        Topic *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Event = &v
        return s
}

// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Events = v
        return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Id = &v
        return s
}

// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
        s.Topic = &v
        return s
}

type Transition struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
        // GMT ISO 8601 Format.
        Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

        // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
        // The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`

        // The class of storage used to store the object.
        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Transition) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Transition) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition {
        s.Date = &v
        return s
}

// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition {
        s.Days = &v
        return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition {
        s.StorageClass = &v
        return s
}

type UploadPartCopyInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
        // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
        //
        // CopySource is a required field
        CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
        CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`

        // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
        CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`

        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
        // ETag.
        CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`

        // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
        CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`

        // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use
        // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte
        // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the
        // first ten bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object
        // is greater than 5 MB.
        CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256).
        CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
        // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
        // that was used when the source object was created.
        CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and
        // 10,000.
        //
        // PartNumber is a required field
        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
        // upload request.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
        //
        // UploadId is a required field
        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.CopySource == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.PartNumber == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
        }
        if s.UploadId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySource = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceRange = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}

// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

type UploadPartCopyOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"`

        CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"`

        // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning
        // on the source bucket.
        CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.CopyPartResult = v
        return s
}

// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

type UploadPartInput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`

        // Object data.
        Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`

        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
        //
        // Bucket is a required field
        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
        // body cannot be determined automatically.
        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

        // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data.
        ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
        //
        // Key is a required field
        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

        // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1
        // and 10,000.
        //
        // PartNumber is a required field
        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`

        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`

        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
        // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
        // upload request.
        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
        // key was transmitted without error.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
        //
        // UploadId is a required field
        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"}
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
        }
        if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
        }
        if s.Key == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
        }
        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
        }
        if s.PartNumber == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
        }
        if s.UploadId == nil {
                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput {
        s.Body = v
        return s
}

// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.Bucket = &v
        return s
}

func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) {
        if s.Bucket == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.Bucket
}

// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
        s.ContentLength = &v
        return s
}

// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.ContentMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.Key = &v
        return s
}

// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
        s.PartNumber = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.RequestPayer = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
        return s
}

func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
        if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
                return v
        }
        return *s.SSECustomerKey
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput {
        s.UploadId = &v
        return s
}

type UploadPartOutput struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Entity tag for the uploaded object.
        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
        // request.
        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
        // used.
        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`

        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`

        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
        // encryption key that was used for the object.
        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.ETag = &v
        return s
}

// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.RequestCharged = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
        return s
}

// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
        return s
}

// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
        return s
}

type VersioningConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
        // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
        // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
        MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"`

        // The versioning state of the bucket.
        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
        s.MFADelete = &v
        return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
        s.Status = &v
        return s
}

type WebsiteConfiguration struct {
        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`

        ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`

        IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`

        RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`

        RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string {
        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string {
        return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error {
        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"}
        if s.ErrorDocument != nil {
                if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.IndexDocument != nil {
                if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil {
                if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil {
                        invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                }
        }
        if s.RoutingRules != nil {
                for i, v := range s.RoutingRules {
                        if v == nil {
                                continue
                        }
                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
                        }
                }
        }

        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
                return invalidParams
        }
        return nil
}

// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
        s.ErrorDocument = v
        return s
}

// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
        s.IndexDocument = v
        return s
}

// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration {
        s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
        return s
}

// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration {
        s.RoutingRules = v
        return s
}

const (
        // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value
        AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV"
)

const (
        // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
        BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
        BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)

const (
        // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value
        BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private"

        // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
        BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"

        // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value
        BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"

        // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
        BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
)

const (
        // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU"

        // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2"

        // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2"

        // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1"

        // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
        BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1"
)

const (
        // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
        BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"

        // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
        BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ"

        // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
        BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE"
)

const (
        // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
        BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
        BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)

const (
        // CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value
        CompressionTypeNone = "NONE"

        // CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value
        CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP"

        // CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value
        CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2"
)

const (
        // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
        DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
        DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)

// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
const (
        // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value
        EncodingTypeUrl = "url"
)

// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
const (
        // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value
        EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"

        // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*"

        // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put"

        // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post"

        // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy"

        // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload"

        // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*"

        // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete"

        // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"

        // EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post"

        // EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value
        EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed"
)

const (
        // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
        ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
        ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)

const (
        // ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value
        ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL"
)

const (
        // FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
        FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE"

        // FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
        FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE"

        // FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
        FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE"
)

const (
        // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value
        FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix"

        // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value
        FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix"
)

const (
        // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value
        InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV"

        // InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value
        InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC"

        // InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value
        InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet"
)

const (
        // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value
        InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily"

        // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value
        InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly"
)

const (
        // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
        InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All"

        // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
        InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current"
)

const (
        // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode"

        // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
        InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"
)

const (
        // JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value
        JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"

        // JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value
        JSONTypeLines = "LINES"
)

const (
        // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value
        MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled"

        // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value
        MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled"
)

const (
        // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
        MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
        MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)

const (
        // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value
        MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY"

        // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value
        MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)

const (
        // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"

        // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"

        // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"

        // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"

        // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"

        // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"

        // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
        ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
)

const (
        // ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value
        ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled"
)

const (
        // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON"

        // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
        ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF"
)

const (
        // ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
        ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"

        // ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
        ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)

const (
        // ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
        ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"

        // ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
        ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)

const (
        // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"

        // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"

        // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

        // ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

        // ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

        // ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

        // ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
        ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)

const (
        // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value
        ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
)

const (
        // OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value
        OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination"
)

const (
        // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value
        PayerRequester = "Requester"

        // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value
        PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner"
)

const (
        // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
        PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"

        // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
        PermissionWrite = "WRITE"

        // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
        PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"

        // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
        PermissionRead = "READ"

        // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
        PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
)

const (
        // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value
        ProtocolHttp = "http"

        // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value
        ProtocolHttps = "https"
)

const (
        // QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value
        QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS"

        // QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value
        QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED"
)

const (
        // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
        ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
        ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)

const (
        // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value
        ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"

        // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value
        ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING"

        // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value
        ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED"

        // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value
        ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
)

// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
const (
        // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value
        RequestChargedRequester = "requester"
)

// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
// request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
// Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
const (
        // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value
        RequestPayerRequester = "requester"
)

const (
        // RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value
        RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT"
)

const (
        // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
        ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256"

        // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
        ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms"
)

const (
        // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
        SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"

        // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
        SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)

const (
        // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"

        // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"

        // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

        // StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

        // StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

        // StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

        // StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value
        StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)

const (
        // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value
        StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1"
)

const (
        // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value
        TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY"

        // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value
        TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)

const (
        // TierStandard is a Tier enum value
        TierStandard = "Standard"

        // TierBulk is a Tier enum value
        TierBulk = "Bulk"

        // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value
        TierExpedited = "Expedited"
)

const (
        // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
        TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

        // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
        TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

        // TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
        TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

        // TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
        TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

        // TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
        TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)

const (
        // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
        TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"

        // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
        TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"

        // TypeGroup is a Type enum value
        TypeGroup = "Group"
)